]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
Merge pull request #6337 from poettering/more-new-v234
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
4b4da299
LP
3CHANGES WITH 234:
4
5 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10 summary:
11
12 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
13
14 becomes:
15
16 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
17
18 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
19 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
20 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
21 .device units.
22
23 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
24 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
25 running a systemd user instance.
26
27 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
28 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
29 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
30 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
31 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
32 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
33
9f09a95a 34 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
35
36 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
37 (domain search list).
38
39 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
40 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
41 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
42 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
43 implementation of RA.
44
45 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
46 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
47 ISO date values.
48
49 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
50 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
51 devices.
52
53 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
54 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
55 option.
56
57 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
58 for processing internationalized domain names. The old version
59 remains supported, as it has a much smaller footprint.
60
61 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
62 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
63 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
64 SHA256SUMS files.
65
66 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
67 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
68
69 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
70
71 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
72
73 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
74 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
75
76 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
77 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
78 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
79 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
80
9f09a95a
ZJS
81 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
82 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 83 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
84 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
85 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
86 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
87 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
88 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
89 systemd-logind to be safe. See
90 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
91
9d8813b3
YW
92 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
93 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
94 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
95 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 96 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
97 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
98
184d2c15 99 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
100 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
101 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
102 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
103 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
104 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
105 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
106 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
107 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
108 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
109 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
110 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
111 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
112 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
113 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
114 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
115 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
116 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
117 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
118 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
119 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
120 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
121 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
122 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
123 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
124 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
125 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
126 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
127 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
128 Георгиевски
4b4da299 129
ac172e52 130 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 131
a2b53448 132CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 133
4f5e9722
LP
134 * This version requires at least gperf 3.1 for building, 3.0 is not
135 sufficient.
136
23eb30b3
ZJS
137 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
138 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
139 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
140 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
141 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
142 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
143 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
144 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
145 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
146
147 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
148 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
149 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
150 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
151 default selected on the configure command line
152 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
153 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
154 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
155 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
156 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
157 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
158 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
159 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
160 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
161 greatest stability and compatibility only.
162
163 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
164 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
165 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
166 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
167 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
168 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
169 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
170 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
171 further details about this.)
172
fb7c4eff
MG
173 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
174 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
175 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
176
23eb30b3
ZJS
177 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
178 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
179
d60c5270 180 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
181 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
182 with 'make install-tests'.
183
23eb30b3
ZJS
184 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
185 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
186 kernel.
187
188 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
189 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
190 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
191 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
192 by the Slice= option.
193
5cfc0a84
LP
194 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
195 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
196 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
197 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
198
2bcc3309
FB
199 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
200 following choices:
201
b0eb2944 202 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 203 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 204 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 205 (h)elp
eedf223a 206 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 207 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
208 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
209 (y)es, execute the command
210
211 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
212 because its meaning was confusing.
213
d08ee7cb
LP
214 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
215 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
216
8e458bfe
JW
217 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
218 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
219 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
220
85266f9b
LP
221 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
222 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
223 state directly, without executing these commands.
224
baf32786
MP
225 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
226 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 227 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 228
631b676b
LP
229 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
230 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
231 combination with After=) have been started.
232
d08ee7cb
LP
233 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
234 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 235 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
236
237 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 238 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 239 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 240 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
241 configuration related calls.
242
243 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
244 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
245 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
246 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
247 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
248 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
249 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 250
23eb30b3
ZJS
251 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
252 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
253
254 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
255 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
256 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
257
23eb30b3
ZJS
258 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
259 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
260
261 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
262 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
263 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
264 for compatibility.
265
266 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
267 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
268
269 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
270 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
271
272 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
273 support for negative matching.
274
d08ee7cb
LP
275 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
276
277 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
278 permitted runtime of the mount command.
279
280 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
281 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
282 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
283 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
284 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
285 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
286 removed from the drive.
287
23eb30b3
ZJS
288 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
289 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
290
291 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
292 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
293
23eb30b3
ZJS
294 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
295 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
296 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
297
298 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
299 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
300 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
301 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
302 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
303 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
304 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
305
306 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
307 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
308 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 309 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
310 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
311 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
312
313 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
314 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
315
23eb30b3
ZJS
316 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
317 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 318 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 319 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
320 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
321 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
322 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
323 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
324
325 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
326 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
327 including all control processes.
328
329 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
330 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
331 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
332
333 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
334 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
335 prefixing the source path with "+".
336
337 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
338 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
339 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
340 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
341 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
342 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
343 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
344 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
345
baf32786
MP
346 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
347 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
348 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
349
350 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
351 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
352 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
353 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
354 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
355 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
356 the new --root-hash= command line option).
357
358 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
359 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
360 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
361 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
362 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
363 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
364 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 365 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
366 versions.
367
368 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 369 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
370 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
371 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
372 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
373 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
374 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
375 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
376 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
377 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
378 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
379 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
380 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
381 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
382 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
383 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
384 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
385 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
386 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
387 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
388 a Verity-enabled root partition.
389
d08ee7cb
LP
390 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
391 accelerometer quirks.
392
393 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
394 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
395 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
396 ID of each service.
397
398 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
399 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
400 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
401 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
402 view.
403
404 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
405 environment variables:
406
407 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
408
409 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
410 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
411 address.
412
413 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
414 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
415 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
416
d08ee7cb 417 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
418 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
419 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
420 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
421 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 422 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
423 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
424 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
425 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
426 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
427 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
428 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 429 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
430
431 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
432 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
433 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
434
435 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
436 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
437
438 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
439 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
440 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
441 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 442 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
443
444 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
445 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
446 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
447
448 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
449 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
450
451 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
452 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
453 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
454 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
455
456 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
457 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
458 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
459 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
460 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
461 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
462 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
463 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
464 possibly even including full integrity data.
465
466 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 467 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
468 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
469 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
470 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
471
472 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
473 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
474 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
475 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
476 directly with systemd-nspawn.
477
d08ee7cb 478 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 479 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
480 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
481 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
482
c1ec34d1 483 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
484 of coredumps in reverse order.
485
23eb30b3
ZJS
486 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
487 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
488 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
489 additional informational message in its output.
490
491 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
492 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
493 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
494
d08ee7cb 495 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 496 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
497 scripting languages such as Python.
498
499 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
500 namespacing is enabled for them.
501
baf32786 502 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
503 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
504 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 505 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
506 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
507 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 508
a2b53448
LP
509 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
510 root key (KSK).
511
a2b53448
LP
512 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
513 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
514 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
515
d08ee7cb
LP
516 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
517 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
518 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
519 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
520 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
521 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
522 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
523 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
524 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
525 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
526 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
527 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
528 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
529 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
530 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
531 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
532 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
533 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
534 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
535 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
536 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
537 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
538 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
539 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
540 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
541 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
542 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
543 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
544 Тихонов
545
546 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 547
54b24597 548CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 549
05f426d2
LP
550 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
551 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
552 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
553 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
554 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
555 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
556
4ffe2479
ZJS
557 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
558 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
559
6fa44114 560 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
561 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
562 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 563
4a77c53d
ZJS
564 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
565 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
566 to be remounted read-only for a service.
567
e49e2c25 568 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
569 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
570 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
571 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
572
6fa44114 573 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
574 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
575
576 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
577 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
578 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
579
4ffe2479
ZJS
580 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
581 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
582 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
583 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
584 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
585 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
586 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
587 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
588 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
589 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 590
171ae2cd 591 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 592 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 593 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
594
595 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
596 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
597 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
598 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
599
600 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
601 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
602 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
603 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
604
605 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
606 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
607
608 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
609 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
610 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
611 and the support is provisional.
612
171ae2cd
LP
613 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
614 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
615 unit files in the file system).
616
617 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
618 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
619 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
620 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
621 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
622 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
623 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
624 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
625 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
626 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
627 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
628 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
629
630 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
631 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
632 option.
633
634 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
635 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
636 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
637 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
638 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
639 else.
640
171ae2cd
LP
641 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
642 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
643 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
644 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
645 bootable on physical systems.
646
4a77c53d 647 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
648
649 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
650 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
651 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
652 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
653 used.
654
655 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 656 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
657 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
658 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
659
05ecf467 660 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 661
d4c08299 662 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
663 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
664 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
665 of the container).
666
171ae2cd 667 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
668 files from the specified location.
669
670 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
671 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
672 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
673 be active.
674
675 * The hardware database has been extended to support
676 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
677 trackball devices.
678
679 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
680 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
681 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
682
683 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
684 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
685 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 686
171ae2cd 687 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
688 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
689
171ae2cd 690 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 691 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
692 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
693 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
694 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
695
696 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
697 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
698 are automatically propagated to the container.
699
700 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
701 from a single IP address can be limited with
702 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
703 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 704
4a77c53d
ZJS
705 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
706 configuration.
707
708 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
709 drop-ins.
710
4ffe2479
ZJS
711 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
712 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
713 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
714 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
715 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
716 [Link] section of .link files.
717
171ae2cd
LP
718 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
719 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
720 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
721 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 722
171ae2cd 723 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
724 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
725 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
726
171ae2cd 727 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
728 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
729 .network files.
730
171ae2cd
LP
731 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
732 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
733 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
734 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 735
4a77c53d 736 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 737 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
738 has been traditionally doing.
739
740 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
741 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
742 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
743 prevent any later plugins from running.
744
76153ad4 745 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 746 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
747 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
748 default of SplitMode=uid.
749
4a77c53d
ZJS
750 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
751 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
752 useful.
753
4ffe2479
ZJS
754 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
755 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
756 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
757 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
758 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
759 individual namespaces.
760
171ae2cd
LP
761 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
762 the output, as well as OS release information.
763
764 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
765
766 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
767 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
768 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
769 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
770 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
771
772 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
773 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
774 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
775 severed.
776
777 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
778 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
779 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
780 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
781 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
782 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
783 information about exit statuses and results.
784
4c37970d
LP
785 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
786 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
787 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
788 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
789 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
790 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
791
792 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
793
794 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
795 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
796 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
797 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
798 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
799 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
800 entirely.
801
802 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
803 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
804 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
805
806 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
807 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
808 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
809 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
810 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
811 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
812 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
813 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
814 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
815 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
816 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
817 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
818 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
819 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
820 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
821 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
822 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
823
824 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
825 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
826 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
827 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
828
829 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
830 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
831 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
832 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
833
834 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
835 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
836 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
837 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
838 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
839 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
840 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
841 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
842 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
843 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
844 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
845 fragment entirely.)
846
847 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
848 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
849 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
850
851 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
852 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
853 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
854 FileDescriptorName= setting.
855
856 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
857 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
858 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
859 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
860 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
861 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
862
863 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
864 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
865
b4eed568
LP
866 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
867 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
868
869 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
870 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
871 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
872 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
873 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
874
07393b6e
LP
875 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
876 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
877 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
878 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
879 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
880 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
881 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
882 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
883 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
884 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
885 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
886 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
887 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
888 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
889 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
890 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
891 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
892 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
893 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
894 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
895 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
896 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
897 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
898 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
899 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
900 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
901
54b24597 902 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 903
5cd118ba
MP
904CHANGES WITH 231:
905
fcd30826
LP
906 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
907 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 908 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
909 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
910 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
911 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
912 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
913 independently.
914
915 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
916 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
917
918 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
919 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
920 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
921 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 922 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
923 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
924 values.
925
926 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
927 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
928 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
929 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
930 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
931
932 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
933 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
934 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
935 7:10am every day.
936
937 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
938 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
939 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
940 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
941 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
942 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
943 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
944 available for compatibility.
945
946 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
947 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
948 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
949 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
950 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
951 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
952
953 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
954 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
955 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
956 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
957 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
958 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
959 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
960 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
961 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
962
963 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
964 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
965 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
966 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
967 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
968 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
969 desired options.
970
fcd30826
LP
971 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
972 cgroupsv2.
973
974 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
975 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
976 limited to subgroups of that group.
977
978 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
979 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
980 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 981 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
982 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
983 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
984 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
985 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
986
987 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
988 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
989 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
990 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
991 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
992 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
993 own long-running services.
994
995 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
996 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
997 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
998 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
999
1000 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1001 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1002 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1003 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1004 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1005 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1006 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1007 primitives.
1008
1009 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1010 "terminate".
1011
1012 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1013 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1014
1015 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1016 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1017 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1018 --flush-caches".
1019
771de3f5 1020 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
1021 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1022 is shown.
1023
1024 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1025 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1026 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 1027 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
1028 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1029 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1030
1031 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1032 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1033 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1034 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1035 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1036 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1037 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1038 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1039 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1040 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1041 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1042 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1043 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1044 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1045 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1046 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1047 bus API instead.
1048
1049 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1050 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1051 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1052 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1053
1054 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1055 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1056 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1057 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1058
1059 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1060 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1061 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1062
1063 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1064 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1065
1066 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1067 interface configuration.
1068
1069 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1070 specifying the --force switch.
1071
1072 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1073 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1074 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1075
43a569a1
ZJS
1076 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1077 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1078 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1079 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 1080 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
1081 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1082 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1083 to be handled.
1084
1085 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1086 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1087
1088 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1089 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1090
1091 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1092 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1093 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1094
0f1da52b
LP
1095 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1096 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1097
1098 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1099 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1100 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1101 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1102 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1103 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1104 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
1105 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1106 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1107 library.
43a569a1 1108
fcd30826
LP
1109 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1110 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1111 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1112 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1113 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1114 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 1115 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
1116 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1117 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1118 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 1119
4ffe2479
ZJS
1120 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1121 distribution's bugtracker.
1122
38b383d9
LP
1123 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1124 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1125 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1126 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1127 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1128 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1129 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1130 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1131 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1132 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1133 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1134 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1135 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1136 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1137 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1138 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
1139 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1140 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 1141 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 1142
38b383d9 1143 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 1144
46e40fab 1145CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 1146
61ecb465
LP
1147 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1148 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1149 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1150 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1151 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1152 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1153 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1154 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1155 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 1156 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
1157 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1158 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1159 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1160 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1161 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
1162 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1163 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1164 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1165 applications.)
61ecb465 1166
96515dbf 1167 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 1168 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 1169 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 1170
97e5530c
ZJS
1171 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1172 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 1173 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
1174 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1175 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1176 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1177 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
1178
1179 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1180 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1181 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 1182 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 1183 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 1184 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
1185
1186 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1187 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1188 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
1189 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1190 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1191 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 1192
95365a57 1193 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 1194 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 1195
e75690c3
ZJS
1196 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1197 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 1198 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
1199
1200 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1201
96515dbf 1202 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 1203 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
1204 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1205 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1206 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 1207
96515dbf
ZJS
1208 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1209 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1210 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 1211 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 1212
e40a326c
LP
1213 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1214 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
1215 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1216 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
1217 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1218 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 1219
e40a326c
LP
1220 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1221 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
1222 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1223
1224 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1225 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1226 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1227 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1228 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1229 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1230
1231 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1232 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1233 address.
1234
1235 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1236 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1237 should be emitted.
96515dbf 1238
e40a326c 1239 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
1240 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1241 supported.
1242
e40a326c
LP
1243 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1244 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1245 logging performance.
96515dbf 1246
e75690c3
ZJS
1247 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1248 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1249 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1250 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1251 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1252 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1253
1254 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1255 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1256 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1257 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1258
e40a326c
LP
1259 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1260 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
1261
1262 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1263 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1264 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1265
e75690c3 1266 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
1267
1268 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1269 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
1270 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1271 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 1272
e75690c3
ZJS
1273 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1274 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1275 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1276 refuse to operate on such files.
1277
e40a326c
LP
1278 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1279 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1280 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1281
1282 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1283 just hidden container images.
1284
e40a326c
LP
1285 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1286 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1287
e40a326c
LP
1288 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1289 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1290 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1291 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
1292 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1293 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1294 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1295 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1296 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1297 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1298 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 1299
25b0e6cb
LP
1300 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1301 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1302 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1303 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1304 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1305 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1306 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1307 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1308 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1309 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1310 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1311 terminates.
1312
e40a326c 1313 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
1314 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1315 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1316 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 1317
030bd839 1318 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
1319 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1320 rate of the socket unit.
1321
1322 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1323 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1324 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1325 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1326 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1327
999a43f8
LP
1328 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1329 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1330 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 1331 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
1332 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1333 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1334 with this.
1335
e75690c3
ZJS
1336 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1337 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1338
1339 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1340 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1341
1342 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1343 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1344 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1345 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1346 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1347
1348 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1349 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1350 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1351
4f9020fa
DR
1352 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1353 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1354 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1355 target is now included in early userspace.
1356
e75690c3
ZJS
1357 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1358 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1359 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1360 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1361 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1362 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1363 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1364 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
1365 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1366 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
1367 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1368 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1369 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
1370 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1371 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1372 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
1373 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1374 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1375 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1376 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1377 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1378 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
1379 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1380 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1381 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1382 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 1383
46e40fab 1384 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 1385
61f32bff
MP
1386CHANGES WITH 229:
1387
d5f8b295
LP
1388 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1389 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1390 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
1391 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1392 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1393 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1394 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1395 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1396 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1397 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1398 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1399 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1400 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
1401
1402 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
1403 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1404 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1405 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
1406
1407 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1408 devices.
1409
a7c723c0
LP
1410 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1411 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1412 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1413 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1414 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1415 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1416 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1417 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1418 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1419 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1420 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1421 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1422 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1423 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1424 this limit.
1425
1426 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1427 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1428 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1429 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1430 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1431 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1432 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1433 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1434
1435 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1436 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1437 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1438 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1439 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1440 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1441 and group at package installation time.
1442
d5f8b295
LP
1443 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1444 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1445 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1446 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1447 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1448
8968aea0
MP
1449 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1450 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
1451 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1452 supports it.
1453
1454 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1455 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1456
1457 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1458 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1459 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1460 file is already initialized.
1461
1462 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1463 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
1464 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1465 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1466 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1467 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1468 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1469 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
1470 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1471
1472 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1473 working directory for the process started in the container.
1474
ed5f8840
ZJS
1475 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1476 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1477 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1478 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1479 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
1480
1481 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1482 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1483 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1484
1485 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1486 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1487 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1488 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1489
1490 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
1491 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1492 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1493 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1494 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
1495
1496 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
1497 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1498 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1499 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1500
1501 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1502 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1503 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
1504 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1505 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1506 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1507 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1508 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 1509 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
1510 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1511 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1512 by PID 1.
1513
50f48ad3
DM
1514 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1515 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1516 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1517 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1518 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1519 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1520 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1521 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1522
1523 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1524
d5f8b295 1525 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 1526 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
1527 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1528
8968aea0
MP
1529 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1530 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1531 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
1532 recent kernels.
1533
1534 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1535 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1536
8968aea0 1537 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1538 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1539 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1540 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1541 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1542 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1543 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1544 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1545 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1546 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1547 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1548 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1549 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1550
1551 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1552 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1553 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1554 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1555
1556 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1557
1558 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1559 sockets.
1560
1561 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1562
1563 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1564 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1565 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1566 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1567 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1568 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1569
1570 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1571 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1572 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1573
1574 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1575 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1576 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1577 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1578
1579 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1580
3545ab35
LP
1581 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1582 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1583 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1584 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1585 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1586 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1587 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1588 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1589 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1590 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1591 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1592 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1593 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1594 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1595 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1596 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1597 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1598 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1599 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1600
ccddd104 1601 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1602
a11c7ea5
LP
1603CHANGES WITH 228:
1604
a11c7ea5
LP
1605 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1606 files are now also available as properties to set when
1607 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1608 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1609 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1610 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1611 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1612 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1613 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1614
28c85daf
LP
1615 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1616 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1617 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1618
f1f8a5a5
LP
1619 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1620 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1621 created transiently.
1622
a11c7ea5
LP
1623 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1624 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1625 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1626 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1627 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1628 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1629 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1630 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1631
28c85daf
LP
1632 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1633 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1634 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1635
a11c7ea5
LP
1636 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1637 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1638 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1639 enabled.
1640
f1f8a5a5
LP
1641 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1642 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1643 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1644 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1645 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1646 subvolumes.
1647
a11c7ea5
LP
1648 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1649 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1650
28c85daf 1651 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1652 individual indexes.
1653
28c85daf
LP
1654 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1655 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1656 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1657 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1658 suffixes now.
1659
f1f8a5a5
LP
1660 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1661 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1662 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1663 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1664 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1665 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1666 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1667 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1668 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1669 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1670 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1671 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1672 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1673 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1674 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1675 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1676 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1677 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1678 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1679 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1680 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1681
28c85daf
LP
1682 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1683 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1684 links between the host and the container.
1685
1686 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1687 added that allows importing select environment variables
1688 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1689 the service.
1690
ddb4b0d3 1691 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1692 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1693 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1694 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1695 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1696 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1697 than until they first elapse.
1698
a11c7ea5 1699 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1700 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1701 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1702 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1703 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1704 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1705 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1706 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1707
28c85daf
LP
1708 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1709 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1710 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1711 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1712 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1713 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1714 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1715 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1716 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1717 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1718
28c85daf
LP
1719 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1720 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1721 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1722 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1723 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1724 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1725 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1726 software you package still references it, as this is a
1727 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1728 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1729
1730 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1731
d5bd92bb
LP
1732 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1733 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1734
a11c7ea5
LP
1735 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1736 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1737 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1738
b9e2f7eb
LP
1739 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1740 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1741 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1742 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1743 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1744 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1745 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1746 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1747 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1748 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1749 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1750 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1751 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1752 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1753 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1754 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1755
1756 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1757 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1758 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1759 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1760 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1761 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1762 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1763 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1764 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1765 surprises.
1766
28c85daf
LP
1767 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1768 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1769 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1770 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1771 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1772 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1773 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1774 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1775 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1776 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1777 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 1778 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
1779 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1780 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1781 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1782 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1783 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1784 of PID 1 is the root user).
1785
1786 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1787 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1788 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1789 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1790 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1791 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1792 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1793 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1794 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1795 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1796 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1797 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1798 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1799 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1800 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1801
ccddd104 1802 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1803
c97e586d
DM
1804CHANGES WITH 227:
1805
1806 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1807 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1808 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1809
1810 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1811 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1812 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1813 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1814 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1815 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1816
d046fb93
LP
1817 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1818 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1819 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1820 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1821 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1822
1823 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1824 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1825 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1826 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1827 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1828 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1829
1830 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1831 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1832 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1833 automatically.
1834
21d86c61
DM
1835 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1836 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1837 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1838
1839 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1840 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1841 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1842 for disk IO.
1843
1844 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1845 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1846 removed.
1847
d046fb93
LP
1848 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1849 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1850 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1851 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1852
fe08a30b
LP
1853 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1854 directory of the selected user by default.
1855
21d86c61 1856 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1857 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1858 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1859 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1860 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1861 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1862 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1863
fe08a30b 1864 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1865 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1866 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1867 units.
1868
1869 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1870 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1871 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1872 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1873 level.
1874
1875 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1876 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1877 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1878 namespaces work correctly.
1879
1880 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1881 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1882 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1883 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1884 activation.
1885
1886 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1887 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1888 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1889 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1890 system instance in a container.
1891
1892 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1893 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1894 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1895 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1896 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1897 connections.
1898
1899 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1900 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1901
1902 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1903 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1904 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1905 processes attached, or similar.
1906
bdba9227
DM
1907 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1908 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1909 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1910
1911 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1912 specifiers like %i or %f.
1913
ce830873 1914 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
1915 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1916 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1917 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1918
bdba9227
DM
1919 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1920 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1921 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1922 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1923 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1924 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1925
d046fb93
LP
1926 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1927
0053598f 1928 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1929 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1930
1931 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1932 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1933
1934 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1935 .network files.
fe08a30b 1936
bdba9227
DM
1937 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1938 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1939 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1940 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1941 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1942 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1943 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1944 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1945 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1946 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1947 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1948 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1949 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1950 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1951 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1952
1953 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1954 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1955 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1956 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1957
91d0d699
LP
1958 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1959 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1960 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1961 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1962
1963 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1964 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1965 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1966 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1967 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1968 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1969
d046fb93
LP
1970 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1971 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1972 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1973 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1974 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1975 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1976 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1977 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1978 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1979 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1980 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1981
bdba9227
DM
1982 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1983 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1984
efce0ffe 1985 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1986
61e6771c
LP
1987 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1988 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1989 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1990 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1991 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1992 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1993 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1994 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1995 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1996 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1997 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1998 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1999 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2000 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2001 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2002 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2003 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2004 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2005
ccddd104 2006 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 2007
c9912c5e
DH
2008CHANGES WITH 226:
2009
5e8d4254
LP
2010 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2011 new features:
2012
2013 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2014 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2015 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2016 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2017 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2018 is any) is propagated.
2019
2020 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2021 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2022 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2023 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2024 information is enabled between host and containers by
2025 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2026 to what the host has set.
2027
2028 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2029 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2030
2031 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2032 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2033 information back, even if the server loses state.
2034
2035 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2036 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2037 PoolSize=.
2038
2039 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2040 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2041 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2042 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2043
2044 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2045 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2046 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2047 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2048 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2049
2050 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2051 for virtio devices.
2052
2053 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2054 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2055 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2056 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2057 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2058 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2059 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2060 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 2061 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
2062 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2063 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2064 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2065 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2066 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2067 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2068 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2069 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2070 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2071 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2072 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2073 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2074 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2075 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2076 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2077 grants them.
2078
2079 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2080 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2081 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2082 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2083 group tree.
2084
2085 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2086 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2087 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2088 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2089 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2090 work correctly in containers now.
2091
2092 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2093 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2094
c626bf1d
DM
2095 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2096 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
2097 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2098 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2099 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2100
2101 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2102 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2103 signal events.
2104
2105 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2106 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2107 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2108 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2109 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 2110
47f5a38c
LP
2111 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2112 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2113 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2114 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2115 nspawn command line.
2116
2f77decc
LP
2117 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2118 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2119 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2120 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2121 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2122 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2123 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 2124 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 2125
ccddd104 2126 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 2127
ec5249a2
DM
2128CHANGES WITH 225:
2129
5e8d4254
LP
2130 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2131 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2132 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2133 shell directly without prompting for username or
2134 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2135 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2136 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2137 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2138 the originating session.
2139
2140 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2141 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2142
2143 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2144 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2145 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2146 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2147 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2148 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2149 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2150 this release.
2151
2152 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2153 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2154 messages.
2155
2156 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2157 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2158 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2159
2160 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2161 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2162
2163 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2164 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2165 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2166 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2167 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2168 posteriori.
2169
2170 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2171 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2172
2173 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2174 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2175 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2176 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2177 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2178 "lastlog" tools.
2179
2180 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2181 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2182 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2183 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2184 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2185
2186 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2187 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2188 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2189 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2190 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2191 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2192 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2193 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2194 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2195 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2196 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2197 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 2198
ccddd104 2199 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 2200
11811e85
DH
2201CHANGES WITH 224:
2202
10fa421c
DH
2203 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2204 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2205
5e8d4254
LP
2206 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2207 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2208 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 2209
11811e85
DH
2210 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2211 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2212 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2213
ccddd104 2214 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 2215
e57eaef8
DH
2216CHANGES WITH 223:
2217
2218 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2219 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2220 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2221 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2222
01608bc8 2223 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
2224 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2225
2226 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2227 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2228
931618d0
DM
2229 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2230
2231 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 2232 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
2233 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2234
2235 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2236 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2237 decapsulated packet.
2238
2239 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2240 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2241 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2242 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2243 netlink attribute.
2244
2245 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2246 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2247 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2248 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2249
2250 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2251 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2252 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 2253
f5f113f6
DH
2254 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2255 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2256
e57eaef8 2257 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 2258 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
2259 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2260
2261 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2262 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2263 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2264 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2265 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2266 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2267
2268 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
2269 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2270 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2271 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2272 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2273 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2274 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2275 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2276 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2277 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2278
ccddd104 2279 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 2280
0db83ad7 2281CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 2282
861b02eb
KS
2283 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2284 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2285 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2286
2287 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2288 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
2289
2290 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2291 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2292 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2293 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2294 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2295
5541c889
DH
2296 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2297 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2298 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2299
9b361114
DM
2300 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2301 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2302 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2303 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2304 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2305
2306 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2307
0db83ad7
DH
2308 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2309 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2310 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2311 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
2312 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2313 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
2314 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2315 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
2316 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2317 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 2318
ccddd104 2319 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 2320
0f0467e6
MP
2321CHANGES WITH 221:
2322
470e72d4 2323 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 2324 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
2325 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2326 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2327 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2328 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2329 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 2330 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
2331 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2332 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 2333 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 2334
470e72d4
LP
2335 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2336 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2337 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 2338 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
2339 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2340 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2341 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2342 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 2343 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
2344 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2345 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 2346
470e72d4
LP
2347 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2348 2.26.
2349
2350 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 2351 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
2352 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2353 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2354 in README for details.
2355
2356 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2357 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2358 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2359 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2360 unit.
2361
2362 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2363 into man pages.
2364
2365 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2366 external project.
2367
2368 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 2369 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
2370
2371 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2372 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2373 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2374 state.
2375
2376 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2377 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2378 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2379
2380 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2381 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2382 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2383 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2384 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2385 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2386 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2387 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2388 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2389 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2390 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
2391 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2392 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2393 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2394 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2395 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 2396
ccddd104 2397 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 2398
481a0aa2
LP
2399CHANGES WITH 220:
2400
f7a73a25
DH
2401 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2402 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2403 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2404 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2405 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2406 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2407 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 2408 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 2409
481a0aa2
LP
2410 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2411 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2412 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2413 service consumed). This value is only available if
2414 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2415 in the "systemctl status" output.
2416
2417 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2418 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 2419 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
2420 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2421 previously was already the default behaviour).
2422
2423 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2424 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2425 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2426
2427 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2428 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 2429 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
2430 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2431
2432 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2433 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2434 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2435 journalling file systems that support external journal
2436 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2437 systems to be mounted.
2438
2439 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2440 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2441 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2442 stable release this should not be problematic.
2443
2444 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2445 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2446 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2447 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2448 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2449
2450 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2451 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2452 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2453 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2454 network switches.
2455
2456 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2457 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2458
2459 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2460 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2461 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2462
2463 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2464
1579dd2c
LP
2465 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2466 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2467 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2468 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2469 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2470 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2471 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2472 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2473 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2474 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2475 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2476 been fixed in v220.
2477
481a0aa2
LP
2478 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2479 systemd-networkd.
2480
2481 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2482 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 2483 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
2484 containers started from the command line.
2485
2486 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2487 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2488
2489 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2490 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2491 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2492 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2493
2494 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2495 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2496 when shutting down.
2497
2498 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2499 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2500 overlayfs support.
2501
2502 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2503 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2504 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2505 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2506 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2507 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2508 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2509
2510 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2511 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2512 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2513
2514 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2515 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2516 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2517 of v1 as before).
2518
2519 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2520 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2521
2522 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2523 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2524 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2525 their own sessions without further privileges or
2526 authorization.
2527
2528 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2529 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2530 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2531 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2532 accessible via a bus interface.
2533
2534 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2535 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2536 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2537 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2538 to cover this functionality.
2539
2540 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2541 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2542 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2543 disabled/masked also stopped.
2544
2545 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2546 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2547 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2548
2549 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2550 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2551 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2552 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2553 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2554 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2555 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2556 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2557 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2558
2559 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2560 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2561 system.
2562
2563 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2564 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2565 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2566 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2567 device symlinks.
2568
2569 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2570 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2571 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2572 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2573
2574 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2575 stick devices has been added.
2576
2577 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2578 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2579
2580 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2581 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2582 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2583 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2584 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2585
2586 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2587 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2588 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2589
2590 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2591 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2592 Debian.
2593
2594 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2595 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2596 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2597
2598 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2599 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2600 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2601 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2602 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2603 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2604 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2605 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2606 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2607 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2608 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2609 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2610 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2611 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2612 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2613 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2614 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2615 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2616 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2617 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2618 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2619 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2620 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2621 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2622 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2623 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2624 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2625
ccddd104 2626 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2627
615aaf41
LP
2628CHANGES WITH 219:
2629
615aaf41
LP
2630 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2631 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2632 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2633 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2634 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2635 interface with and update the database.
2636
2637 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2638 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2639 before bytewise copying is done.
2640
2641 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2642 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2643 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2644 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2645 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2646 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2647 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2648 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2649 available on btrfs file systems.
2650
2651 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2652 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2653 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2654 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2655 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2656 systems.
2657
2658 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2659 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2660 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2661 mount point remains.
2662
2663 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2664 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2665 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2666 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2667 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2668 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2669 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2670 are disabled.
2671
2672 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2673 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2674 container to the host or vice versa.
2675
2676 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2677 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2678 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2679
2680 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2681 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2682
2683 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2684 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2685 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2686 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2687 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2688 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2689 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2690 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2691 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2692 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2693 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2694 make the functionality of importd available to the
2695 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2696 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2697 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2698 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2699 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2700 only fully supported on btrfs.
2701
2702 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2703 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2704 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2705 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2706 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2707 information about images.
2708
2709 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2710 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2711 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2712 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2713 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2714 legacy file systems).
2715
2716 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2717 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2718 shown in networkctl output.
2719
2720 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2721 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2722 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2723 processes as system services while interactively
2724 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2725 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2726 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2727 full login session, the difference being that the former
2728 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2729 setup.
2730
2731 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2732 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2733 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2734 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2735 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2736
2737 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2738 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2739 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2740 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2741 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2742 via qemu/kvm.
2743
2744 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2745 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2746 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2747 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2748 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2749 disk images, too.
2750
2751 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2752 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2753 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2754 integrate with that.
2755
2756 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2757 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2758 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2759 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2760
2761 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2762 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2763 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2764
2765 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2766 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2767 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2768 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2769 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2770 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2771 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2772 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2773 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2774 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2775
2776 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2777 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2778 files.
2779
2780 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 2781 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 2782 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2783 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2784 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2785 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2786 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2787 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2788 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2789 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2790 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2791 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2792 explicitly turned on.
2793
2794 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2795 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2796 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2797 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2798
2799 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2800 supported.
2801
2802 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2803 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2804 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2805 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2806 associated with a virtual machine or container
2807 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2808 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2809 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2810 output however.)
2811
2812 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2813 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2814 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2815 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2816 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2817 caller's session/user.
2818
2819 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2820 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2821 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2822 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2823 user services.
2824
2825 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2826 same way as unit files.
2827
2828 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2829 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2830 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2831 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2832 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2833 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2834 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2835 the host.
2836
2837 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2838 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2839 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2840 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2841 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2842 host.
2843
dd2fd155 2844 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2845 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2846 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2847 updated to make use of it too by default.
2848
2849 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2850 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2851 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2852 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2853
2854 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2855 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2856 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2857 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2858 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2859 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2860 modification.
2861
2862 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2863 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2864 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2865 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2866 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2867 information about Touchpad types.
2868
2869 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2870 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2871
2872 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2873 Policy link field.
2874
2875 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2876 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2877
2878 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2879 ACLs on files.
2880
2881 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2882 tmpfs, automatically.
2883
2884 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2885 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2886 status" output, if available.
2887
2888 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2889 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2890 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2891 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2892 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2893 run on next reboot.
2894
2895 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2896 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2897 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2898 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2899 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2900 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2901 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2902
2903 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2904 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2905 after a configurable timeout.
2906
2907 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2908 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2909 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2910 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2911 it non-idle.
2912
2913 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2914 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2915
2916 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2917 each .network interface in networkd.
2918
2919 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2920 in .network files.
2921
2922 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2923 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2924
11ea2781 2925 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2926 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2927 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2928 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2929 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2930 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2931 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2932 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2933 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2934 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2935 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2936 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2937 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2938 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2939 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2940 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2941 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2942 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2943 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2944 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2945 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2946 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2947 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2948 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2949
ccddd104 2950 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2951
d4f5a1f4
DH
2952CHANGES WITH 218:
2953
f9e00a9f
LP
2954 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2955 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2956 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2957 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2958
2959 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2960 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2961 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2962 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2963 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2964
2965 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2966
2967 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2968 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2969 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2970 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2971 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2972 modified configuration after editing.
2973
2974 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2975 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2976 system preset files.
2977
2978 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2979 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2980 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2981 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2982 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2983 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2984 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2985 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2986 other contexts.
2987
2988 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2989 inhibitors.
2990
122676c9 2991 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2992 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2993 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2994 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2995 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2996
2997 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2998 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2999 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3000 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3001 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 3002 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
3003 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3004 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3005 parallel to journald.
3006
3007 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3008 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3009 available.
3010
3011 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3012 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 3013 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
3014 or are not older than the specified time.
3015
3016 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3017 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3018 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3019 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3020
3021 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3022 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3023 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3024 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3025 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3026 communication.
3027
3028 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3029 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3030 services.
3031
3032 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3033 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3034 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3035 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3036 the new "busctl tree" command.
3037
3038 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3039 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3040 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3041 friendly way.
3042
3043 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3044 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3045 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3046 race-ful way.
3047
3048 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3049 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 3050 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
3051 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3052 --link-journal=try-guest.
3053
3054 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3055 stable MAC addresses.
3056
3057 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3058 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3059 the respective unit shall use.
3060
d4f5a1f4
DH
3061 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3062 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3063 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3064 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3065
b938cb90 3066 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 3067 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 3068 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
3069 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3070 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3071 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3072
17c29493 3073 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
3074 details see:
3075
3076 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3077
3078 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3079 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
3080 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3081 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3082 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3083 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3084 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3085 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3086 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3087 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3088 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3089 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3090
f9e00a9f
LP
3091 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3092 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3093 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3094 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3095 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3096
3097 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3098 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3099 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3100 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3101 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3102 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3103 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3104 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3105
3106 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 3107 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
3108 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3109 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3110 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3111 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3112 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3113 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3114 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3115 interface.
3116
3117 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3118 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3119 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3120 luks.name= argument.
3121
3122 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3123 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3124 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3125 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3126 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3127 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3128
3129 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3130 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3131 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3132
13e92f39
LP
3133 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3134 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3135 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3136 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3137 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3138 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3139 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3140 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3141 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3142 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3143 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
3144 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3145 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3146 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3147 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3148 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3149 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3150 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 3151
ccddd104 3152 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 3153
b62a309a
ZJS
3154CHANGES WITH 217:
3155
78b6b7ce
LP
3156 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3157 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3158 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3159 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 3160
a65b8245
ZJS
3161 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3162 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3163 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3164 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 3165
b62a309a
ZJS
3166 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3167 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
3168 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3169 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 3170 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 3171 connection.
b62a309a 3172
78b6b7ce
LP
3173 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3174 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
3175
3176 * User units are now loaded also from
3177 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3178 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3179 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3180
4ffd29fd
LP
3181 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3182 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3183 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3184 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3185 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3186 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3187 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3188 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3189 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3190 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3191 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3192 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3193 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3194 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3195 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3196 question.
3197
b62a309a
ZJS
3198 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3199 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3200 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3201
3202 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3203 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3204 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 3205 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 3206
78b6b7ce
LP
3207 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3208 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3209 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 3210 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
3211
3212 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3213 systemd-networkd.
3214
ba8df74b 3215 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 3216 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
3217 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3218
3219 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3220 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3221
3222 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3223 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3224 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3225
78b6b7ce 3226 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 3227
4bdc60cb 3228 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 3229 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 3230 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
3231 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3232 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3233 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 3234
c4ac9900 3235 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
3236 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3237 respected.
3238
3239 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3240 virtualization.
3241
3242 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 3243 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
3244 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3245 on.
b62a309a 3246
e6c253e3
MS
3247 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3248
3249 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3250
ba8df74b
KS
3251 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3252 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
3253 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3254 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3255 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3256 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3257 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3258
4bdc60cb
LP
3259 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3260 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3261 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3262 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3263 from the service's view entirely.
3264
3265 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3266 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3267
3268 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3269 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3270 session.
3271
3272 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3273 legacy-free systems.
3274
78b6b7ce
LP
3275 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3276 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3277 easily.
3278
3279 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3280 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3281 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3282 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3283 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3284 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3285 option.
3286
3287 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 3288 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
3289 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3290 /usr.
3291
f6d1de85 3292 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
3293 services, not only the main process.
3294
3295 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3296 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3297 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3298 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3299 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3300
3769415e
TT
3301 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3302 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3303 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3304 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3305 directly from now on, again.
3306
fae9332b
LP
3307 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3308 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3309 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3310 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 3311 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
3312 unit file enabling and disabling.
3313
cfa1571b
LP
3314 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3315 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3316 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3317 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3318 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3319 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3320 unnecessary or unlikely.
3321
7e63dd10
LP
3322 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3323 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 3324 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
3325 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3326
d4474c41
TG
3327 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3328 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3329 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3330 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3331 overwritten at runtime.
3332
3b187c5c
LP
3333 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3334 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3335 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3336 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3337 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3338 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3339 segmentation fault.
3340
4b08dd87
LP
3341 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3342 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3343 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3344 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3345 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3346 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3347 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3348 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3349 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3350 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3351 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3352 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3353 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3354 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3355 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3356 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3357 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3358 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3359 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3360 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3361 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 3362 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 3363
ccddd104 3364 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 3365
b72ddf0f 3366CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
3367
3368 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 3369 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
3370 implementations should add a
3371
b72ddf0f 3372 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
3373
3374 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3375 default functionality.
3376
3377 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3378 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3379 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3380 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3381 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3382 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3383 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3384 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3385 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3386 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3387 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3388 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3389 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3390
3391 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 3392 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
3393 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3394 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3395 expected to be added eventually, too.
3396
3397 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3398 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3399 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3400 new command to update these fields.
3401
3402 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3403 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3404 have been discovered via DHCP.
3405
3406 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3407 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
3408 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3409 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
3410 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3411 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3412 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3413 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 3414 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
3415 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3416 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3417 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 3418 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
3419 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3420 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3421 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3422 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3423 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3424 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3425 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3426
3427 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3428 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3429 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3430
3431 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3432 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3433 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 3434 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
3435 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3436 control utility for networkd.
3437
3438 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3439 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 3440 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
3441 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3442 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3443 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3444 (NoDelay=).
3445
a1a4a25e 3446 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
3447 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3448
3449 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 3450 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
3451 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3452 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3453 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3454 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3455
3456 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3457 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3458 of the link.
3459
3460 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3461 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3462
3463 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3464 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3465
3466 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
3467 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3468 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3469 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
3470
3471 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3472 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3473 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3474 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3475 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3476 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3477 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3478 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3479
3480 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3481 validation of unit files.
3482
3483 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3484 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3485 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3486 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3487 address may now be configured.
3488
26568403
TG
3489 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3490 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3491 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3492 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3493
3494 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3495 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3496
3497 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3498 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3499 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3500 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3501
b2ca0d63
LP
3502 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3503 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3504 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3505 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3506 implementation.
3507
3508 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3509 journal data to a remote system running
3510 systemd-journal-remote.
3511
3512 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3513 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3514 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3515 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3516 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 3517 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
3518 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3519 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3520 version, you have to turn this option on again
3521 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3522
3523 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3524 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3525 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3526
3527 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3528 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3529
3530 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3531 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3532
3533 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3534 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3535 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3536
3537 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3538 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3539 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3540 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3541 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3542
01da80b1
LP
3543 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3544
3545 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3546
3547 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3548 when primary addresses are removed.
3549
b2ca0d63
LP
3550 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3551 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3552 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3553 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3554 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3555 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3556 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3557 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3558 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3559 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3560 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3561 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3562 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3563 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3564 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3565
ccddd104 3566 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3567
3dff3e00 3568CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3569
3570 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3571 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3572 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3573 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3574 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3575 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3576 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3577 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3578 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3579 require.
3580
3581 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3582 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3583
3584 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3585 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3586 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3587 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3588 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3589 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3590 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3591
3592 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3593 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3594 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3595 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3596 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3597 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3598 update or reset should use this condition and order
3599 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3600 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3601 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3602 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3603 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3604 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3605 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3606 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3607 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3608
3609 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3610
3611 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3612 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3613 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3614 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3615
24a2bf4c
LP
3616 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3617 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3618 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3619 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3620 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3621 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3622 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3623 .network files using settings of this section should be
3624 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3625 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3626
c7435cc9
LP
3627 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3628 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3629
3630 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3631 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3632 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3633 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3634 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3635 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3636 of nspawn instances.
3637
3638 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3639 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3640 added.
3641
3642 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3643 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3644 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3645 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3646 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3647 configuration stored in /etc.
3648
3649 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3650 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3651 parsing of unknown mount options.
3652
3653 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3654 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3655 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3656 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3657 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3658 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3659 pre-existing files of different types.
3660
3661 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3662 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3663 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3664 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3665 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3666 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3667 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3668
3669 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3670 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3671 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3672 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3673 shall be executed.
3674
3675 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3676 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3677 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3678
3679 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3680 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3681 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3682 reset.
3683
3684 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3685 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3686
3687 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3688 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3689 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3690
3691 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3692 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3693 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3694
3695 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3696 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3697 access to this group.
3698
3699 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3700 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3701 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3702 to the journal.
3703
3704 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3705 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3706 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3707 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3708 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3709 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3710
3711 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3712 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3713 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3714 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3715 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3716 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3717 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3718 the old name to the new name.
3719
3720 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3721 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3722 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3723
3724 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3725 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3726 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3727 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3728 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3729 "systemd-debug-generator".
3730
3731 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3732 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3733 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3734 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3735 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3736 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3737 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3738 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3739 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3740 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3741 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3742
3743 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3744 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3745 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3746 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3747 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3748 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3749
3750 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3751 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3752 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3753 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3754 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3755
3756 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3757 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3758 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3759 couple of drop-in directories.
3760
3058e017
TLSC
3761 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3762 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3763 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3764 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3765 for dev_port.
3766
c7435cc9
LP
3767 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3768 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3769 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3770 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3771
3772 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3773 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3774 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3775 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3776 Restart= setting.
3777
3778 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3779 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3780 directly connect to a specific container on the
3781 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3782 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3783 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3784 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3785 containers is a privileged operation.
3786
3787 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3788 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3789 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3790 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3791 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3792 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3793 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3794 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3795 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3796 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3797 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3798 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3799
ccddd104 3800 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3801
4196a3ea
KS
3802CHANGES WITH 214:
3803
3804 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3805 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3806 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3807 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3808 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3809 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3810 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3811 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3812 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3813 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3814 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3815 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3816 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3817 devices are excluded from this logic.
3818
04e91da2
LP
3819 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3820 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3821 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3822 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3823 change has been released.
3824
3825 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3826 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3827 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3828
ce830873 3829 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
3830 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3831 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3832 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3833
3834 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3835 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3836 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3837 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3838
a8eaaee7 3839 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3840 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3841
a8eaaee7 3842 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3843 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3844
3845 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3846 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3847 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3848
3849 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3850 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3851 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3852 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3853 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3854 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3855
cd14eda3 3856 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3857 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3858 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3859
ef392da6 3860 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3861 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3862 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3863 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3864 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3865 modifications of user data or system files from
3866 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3867 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3868
3869 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3870 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3871 and FIFOs in the file system.
3872
8d0e0ddd 3873 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3874 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3875 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3876
3877 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3878 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3879 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3880 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3881 the socket itself.
3882
3883 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3884 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3885 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3886 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3887 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3888 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3889 symlinks, and nothing else.
3890
3891 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3892 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3893 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3894 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3895 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3896 process (for example, the parent process). The
3897 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3898 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3899 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3900 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3901 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3902 messages to services when the originating process already
3903 vanished.
3904
3905 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3906 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3907 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3908 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3909 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3910 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3911 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3912 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3913 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3914 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3915 all long-running services.
3916
3917 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3918 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3919 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3920 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3921 service.
3922
3923 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3924 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3925 applied to all submounts, too.
3926
3927 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3928
3929 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3930 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3931 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3932 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3933 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3934 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3935 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3936
cc98b302 3937 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3938 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3939 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3940 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3941 (domU) domains.
3942
3943 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3944 files or entire directories.
3945
3946 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3947 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3948 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3949 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3950 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3951
3952 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3953 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3954 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3955 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3956 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3957 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3958 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3959 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3960 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3961 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3962 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3963 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3964
3965 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3966 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3967 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3968 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3969
3970 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3971 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3972 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3973 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3974 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3975 non-directories.
3976
3977 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3978 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3979 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3980
4c0d13bd
LP
3981 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3982 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3983 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3984 this group.
3985
dc1d6c02
LP
3986 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3987 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3988 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3989 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3990 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3991 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3992 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3993
ccddd104 3994 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3995
6936cd89
LP
3996CHANGES WITH 213:
3997
3998 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3999 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 4000 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 4001 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 4002 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
4003 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4004 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 4005 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 4006 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
4007 client should be more than appropriate for most
4008 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4009 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4010 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4011 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4012 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 4013 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 4014 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 4015 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 4016 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 4017 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 4018 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 4019
69beda1f
KS
4020 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4021 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
4022 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4023 part of a different namespace.
4024
4025 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4026 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
4027 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4028 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
4029
4030 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4031 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 4032 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
4033
4034 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4035 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 4036 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 4037 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
4038 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4039 restart the service in question.
4040
4041 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
4042 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4043 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4044 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4045 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
4046
4047 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4048 graphs it generates.
4049
4050 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4051 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4052 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4053 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4054 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4055
4056 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4057
4058 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4059 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4060 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4061 what it was on SysV systems.
4062
4063 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4064 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4065
4066 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4067 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4068 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4069 files.
4070
4071 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4072 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4073 to show these addresses in its output.
4074
4075 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4076 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4077 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4078 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4079 preferred over a text one.
4080
4081 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4082 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4083 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4084 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4085 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4086 mDNS cache.
4087
68dd0956
TG
4088 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4089 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4090 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4091 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4092 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4093
6936cd89 4094 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 4095 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 4096 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 4097 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
4098 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4099
8e7acf67
LP
4100 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4101 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4102 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 4103 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
4104 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4105 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4106 overrides any other settings.
4107
4108 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
4109 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4110 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4111 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4112 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4113 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4114 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4115 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4116 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
4117 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4118 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4119 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4120 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4121 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4122 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4123 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
4124 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4125
ccddd104 4126 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 4127
51c61cda
LP
4128CHANGES WITH 212:
4129
4130 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4131 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4132 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4133 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4134 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4135 by accident.
4136
4137 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4138 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4139 registered with machined.
4140
4141 * sd-login gained new calls
4142 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4143 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 4144 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
4145 counterparts.
4146
4147 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4148 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4149 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4150 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4151 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4152 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4153 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4154 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4155 once.
4156
4157 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4158 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4159 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4160
4161 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4162 units on all local containers, when used with the
4163 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4164 executed when no parameters are specified).
4165
4166 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4167 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4168 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4169 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4170
4171 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 4172 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
4173 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4174 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4175 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4176 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4177
4178 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4179 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4180 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4181 of the container.
4182
4183 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4184 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4185 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4186 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4187 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
4188 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4189 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4190 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
4191
4192 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4193 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4194 instead of /.
4195
4196 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4197 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4198 emergency messages now.
4199
4200 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4201 journal log messages across the network.
4202
4203 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4204 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4205 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4206 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4207 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4208 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4209 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4210
4211 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4212 down a local OS container.
4213
4214 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4215 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4216 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4217
4218 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4219 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4220 this is appropriate.
4221
4222 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 4223 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
4224 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4225
4226 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4227 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4228 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4229 for debugging purposes.
4230
4231 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4232 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4233 in seconds.
4234
4235 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4236 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4237 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4238 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4239 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4240 like on traditional inetd.
4241
4242 * A new system.conf configuration option
4243 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4244 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4245
b8bde116 4246 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4247 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4248 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4249 do these days).
4250
b8bde116 4251 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4252 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4253 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4254 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
4255 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4256 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
4257
4258 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4259 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4260 it will be triggered.
4261
4262 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4263 addresses to its local interfaces.
4264
4265 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4266 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4267 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4268 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4269 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4270 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4271 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4272 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4273 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4274
ccddd104 4275 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 4276
699b6b34
LP
4277CHANGES WITH 211:
4278
4279 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4280 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4281 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4282 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4283 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4284 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4285
4286 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4287 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4288 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4289 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4290 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4291 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4292 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4293 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 4294 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
4295
4296 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4297 matching against device group names.
4298
4299 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4300 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4301 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4302 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 4303 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
4304 though.
4305
4306 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4307 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4308 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 4309 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 4310 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 4311 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
4312 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4313 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 4314 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
4315
4316 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4317 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4318 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4319 (see above). This means that installations made with
4320 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4321 deployed using container managers, completely
4322 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4323 this feature soon, too.)
4324
4325 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4326 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 4327 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
4328 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4329
4330 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4331 using IPv4LL.
4332
4333 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4334 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4335 systemd-networkd.
4336
4337 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4338 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4339 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4340 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4341 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4342
4343 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4344 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4345 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 4346 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
4347 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4348 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4349 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4350 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4351 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4352 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4353 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 4354 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
4355 users.
4356
4357 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4358 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4359 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4360 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4361 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4362 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4363 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4364 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4365 due to a closed lid.
4366
4367 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4368 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4369 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4370 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 4371 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
4372 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4373
4374 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4375 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4376 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4377 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4378 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4379
4380 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4381 now also work in --scope mode.
4382
4383 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4384 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4385 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4386 promises are made.)
4387
4388 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4389 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4390 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4391 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4392 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4393 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4394 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4395 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4396 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4397 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4398
ccddd104 4399 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 4400
43c71255
LP
4401CHANGES WITH 210:
4402
4403 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4404 according to SMACK rules.
4405
67dd87c5 4406 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
4407 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4408
4409 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4410 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4411 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4412
4413 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4414 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4415 and machine ID.
4416
ed28905e 4417 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 4418 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 4419 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
4420 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4421 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 4422 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 4423 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 4424 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
4425 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4426 backpack or similar.
4427
4428 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4429 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 4430 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 4431 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
4432 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4433 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4434 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4435 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4436 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4437 this on its own.
4438
4439 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4440 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4441 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4442 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4443
4444 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4445 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4446 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4447 --network-bridge= switches.
4448
4449 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4450 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4451 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4452 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4453 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4454 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4455 each configuration option.
4456
4457 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 4458 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 4459 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 4460 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
4461 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4462
4463 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4464 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4465 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4466 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4467 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4468
4469 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4470 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4471 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4472 default however.
4473
b8bde116 4474 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
4475 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4476 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 4477 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
4478 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4479 them with systemd-networkd.
4480
d27893ef
LP
4481 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4482 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4483 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 4484 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
4485 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4486 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 4487 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
4488 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4489 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 4490 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 4491 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
4492 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4493 during a transitional period!
4494
13b28d82 4495 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
4496 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4497 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4498 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4499 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4500 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4501 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4502 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4503
ccddd104 4504 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 4505
e49b5aad
LP
4506CHANGES WITH 209:
4507
4508 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4509 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
4510 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4511 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 4512 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
4513 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4514 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 4515 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 4516 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 4517 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
4518 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4519 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
4520
4521 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 4522 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
4523 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4524 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 4525 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
4526
4527 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4528 shutdown/boot.
4529
8b7d0494
JSJ
4530 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4531 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
4532
4533 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4534 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 4535 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
4536 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4537
4538 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4539 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4540 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4541 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4542 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4543 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4544
dfb08b05
ZJS
4545 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4546 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4547 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4548 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4549 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4550 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4551 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4552 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4553 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4554
e49b5aad 4555 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4556 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4557
4558 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4559 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4560 implementation.
4561
4562 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4563 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4564 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4565 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4566 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4567 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4568 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4569 and .service units.
4570
4571 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4572 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4573 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4574
8b7d0494 4575 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4576 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4577 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4578 nothing makes use of it.
4579
4580 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4581 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4582 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4583
4584 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4585 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4586 compatibility purposes.
4587
4588 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4589 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4590 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4591 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4592 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4593 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4594 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4595 process handling.
4596
4597 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4598 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4599 style to "sd-bus.h".
4600
7e95eda5
PF
4601 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4602 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4603 "systemd-networkd".
4604
4c2413bf 4605 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4606 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4607 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4608 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4609 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4610
4611 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4612 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4613 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4614 PID1's support for that anymore.
4615
8b7d0494 4616 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4617 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4618
4619 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4620 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4621 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4622 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4623 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4624 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4625
4626 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4627 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4628 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4629 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4630
4631 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4632 login in any local container. This works with any container
4633 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4634 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4635
4636 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4637 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4638 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4639 system of some kind.
4640
4641 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4642 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4643 next.
4644
4645 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4646 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4647 reboot() system call.
4648
4649 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4650 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4651 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4652 still available but not advertised anymore.
4653
e49b5aad
LP
4654 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4655 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4656 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4657 within each Unit.
4658
270f1624
LP
4659 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4660 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4661 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4662
4670e9d5 4663 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4664 timestamps (following the setting in
4665 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4666
4667 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4668 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4669
4670 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4671 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4672
4673 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4674 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4675 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4676
4677 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4678 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4679 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4680 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4681
4682 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4683 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4684 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4685
4686 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4687
4688 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4689 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4690
4c2413bf 4691 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4692 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4693 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4694 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4695
4696 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4697 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4698 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4699 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4700
e49b5aad
LP
4701 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4702 of the legend text.
4703
4704 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4705 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4706 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4707 remote sessions.
4708
8e420494
LP
4709 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4710 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4711
4712 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4713 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4714 the system manager.
4715
1e190502 4716 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4717 short description of the connection parameters in the
4718 description.
4719
4c2413bf 4720 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4721 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4722 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4723 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4724 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4725 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4726 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4727
c0c5af00 4728 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4729 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4730 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4731 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4732 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4733 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4734 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4735 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4736 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4737
6300b3ec
LP
4738 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4739 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4740 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4741 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4742 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4743 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4744 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4745 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4746 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4747 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4748 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4749 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4750 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4751 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4752 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4753 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4754 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4755 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4756 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4757 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4758 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4759 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4760 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4761
8b7d0494 4762 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4763 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4764 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4765 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4766 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4767 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4768 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4769 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4770 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4771 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4772 APIs.
4773
4774 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4775 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4776 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4777 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4778 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4779 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4780
81c7dd89 4781 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4782 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4783 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4784 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4785 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4786 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4787 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4788 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4789 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4790 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4791 one of them is updated.
4792
e49b5aad 4793 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4794 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4795 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4796 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4797 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4798
4799 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4800 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4801 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4802 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4803 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4804 entry points.
4805
4806 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4807 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4808 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4809 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4810 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4811
4812 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4813 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4814 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4815 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4816
1e190502
ZJS
4817 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4818 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4819 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4820
1e190502
ZJS
4821 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4822 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4823 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4824
4825 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4826 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4827 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4828
4829 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4830 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4831
4832 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4833 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4834 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4835 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4836 all remaining processes of the service.
4837
4c2413bf
JE
4838 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4839 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4840 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4841 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4842 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4843 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4844 manager process which created them takes no further
4845 responsibilities for it.
4846
1e190502 4847 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4848 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4849 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4850 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4851 marked executable or world-writable.
4852
4853 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4854 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4855 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4856 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4857
4858 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4859 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4860 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4861 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4862
4863 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4864 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4865 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4866 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4867
4868 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4869 with specific SELinux labels set.
4870
4871 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4872 any additional output but the container's own console
4873 output.
4874
4875 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4876 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4877
4878 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4879 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4880 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4881 OS images, but only specific apps.
4882
4883 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4884 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4885 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4886 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4887
4888 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4889 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4890 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4891 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4892 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4893 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4894
6afc95b7
LP
4895 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4896 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4897 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4898 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4899 units to use.
6afc95b7 4900
e49b5aad
LP
4901 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4902 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4903 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4904 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4905
4906 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4907 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4908 context for a service.
4909
4910 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4911 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4912 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4913 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4914 influence this logic.
4915
4916 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4917 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4918 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4919 other things.
4920
4c2413bf 4921 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4922 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4923 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4924 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4925 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4926 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4927 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4928 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4929 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4930 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4931
210054d7
KS
4932 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4933 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4934
e49b5aad
LP
4935 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4936 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4937 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4938 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4939 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4940 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4941 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4942 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4943 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4944 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4945 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4946 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4947 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4948 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4949 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4950 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4951 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4952 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4953 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4954 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4955 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4956 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4957 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4958 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4959
ccddd104 4960 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4961
cd4010b3
LP
4962CHANGES WITH 208:
4963
4964 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4965 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4966 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4967 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4968 access input and drm devices which are normally
4969 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4970 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4971 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4972 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4973 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4974 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4975 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4976 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4977
4978 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4979 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4980 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4981
4982 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4983 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4984 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4985 kernel version number.
4986
4987 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4988 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4989 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4990
4991 * This release removes high-level support for the
4992 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4993 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4994 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4995 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4996
4997 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4998 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4999 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
5000 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5001 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
5002 cgroup system.
5003
5004 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5005 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5006 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5007 logs among other things.
5008
5009 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5010 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5011 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5012 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5013 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5014 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5015 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5016 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5017 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5018 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5019 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5020 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5021 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5022 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5023 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5024 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5025 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5026 not delayed until next reboot.
5027
5028 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5029 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5030 systemd generated files in one directory.
5031
5032 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5033 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5034 performance information if that's available to determine how
5035 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5036 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5037 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5038
5039 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5040 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5041 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5042 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5043 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5044 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5045 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5046
ccddd104 5047 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 5048
4f0be680
LP
5049CHANGES WITH 207:
5050
5051 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 5052 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
5053 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5054 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5055
5056 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5057 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5058 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5059 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5060 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5061
5062 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5063 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5064
5065 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5066 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5067 maximum number of tries.
5068
5069 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5070 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5071 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5072
5073 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5074 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5075
5076 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5077 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 5078 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 5079
f3a165b0
KS
5080 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5081 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
5082 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5083
5084 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5085 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 5086 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
5087 and type).
5088
f3a165b0 5089 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
5090 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5091
5092 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5093 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 5094 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
5095 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5096
5097 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5098 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5099 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5100 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5101 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5102 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5103 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5104 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5105
5106 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5107 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5108 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5109 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5110
387abf80
LP
5111 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5112 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5113 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5114 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5115 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5116 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5117 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 5118
4f0be680
LP
5119 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5120 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5121
5122 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5123 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5124 automatically after the process terminated.
5125
5126 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5127 certain paths from operation.
5128
5129 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
5130 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5131 is received.
4f0be680
LP
5132
5133 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5134 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5135 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5136 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5137 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5138 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5139 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5140 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5141 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5142 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5143 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5144 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5145 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5146
ccddd104 5147 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 5148
408f281b
LP
5149CHANGES WITH 206:
5150
5151 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5152 concepts introduced with 205.
5153
5154 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5155 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5156 -r".
5157
5158 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5159 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 5160 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
5161
5162 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5163 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5164 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5165 the journal.
5166
5167 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5168 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5169 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5170
5171 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5172 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5173 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5174 browsing logs from that point on.
5175
5176 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5177 of an FSS key.
5178
251cc819
LP
5179 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5180 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5181 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5182 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5183 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 5184 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
5185 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5186 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5187 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5188 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5189 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5190 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5191 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5192 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5193
5194 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5195 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 5196 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 5197 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
5198
5199 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5200 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5201
5202 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5203 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5204
251cc819
LP
5205 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5206 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
5207
5208 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5209
5210 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5211 support for passing performance data via environment
5212 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5213 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5214 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5215 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5216 deserialize it again.
5217
28f5c779
KS
5218 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5219 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5220 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5221 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 5222
251cc819
LP
5223 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5224 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5225 completely silent shutdown when used.
5226
5227 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5228 option in .socket units.
5229
5230 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5231 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5232 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5233 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5234 system.slice as before.
5235
5236 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5237
5238 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5239 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5240 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5241 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5242 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5243 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5244 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5245
ccddd104 5246 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 5247
00aa832b
LP
5248CHANGES WITH 205:
5249
5250 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5251
5252 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 5253 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
5254 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5255 possible for system services and applications to group their
5256 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5257 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5258 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5259
5260 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 5261 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
5262 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5263 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5264 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5265
5266 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5267 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5268 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5269 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5270
5271 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5272 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5273 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5274 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5275 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5276 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5277 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5278 and useful as a general batch manager.
5279
5280 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5281 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5282 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5283 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5284 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5285 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5286 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5287 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5288 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5289 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5290
5291 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5292 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5293 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5294 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5295 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5296 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5297 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5298 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5299 is compile-time optional.
5300
5301 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5302 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5303 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5304 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5305 well as slice units.
5306
5307 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5308 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5309 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5310 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5311 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5312 command that wraps this call.
5313
5314 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5315 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5316 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5317 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5318 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5319 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5320 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5321
5322 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5323 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5324 off audit.
5325
5326 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5327 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5328
5329 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5330 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5331 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5332 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
5333
5334 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5335 snippets extending unit files.
5336
5337 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5338 not available as public API.
5339
5340 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 5341 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
5342 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5343
5344 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5345 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5346 controls what to boot into by default.
5347
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5348 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5349 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5350
00aa832b
LP
5351 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5352 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5353 about the unit file loading.
5354
00aa832b
LP
5355 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5356 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5357 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5358 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5359 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5360 racy due to journal file rotation.
5361
5362 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5363 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5364 all services.
5365
5366 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5367 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5368 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5369 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5370 system services want to log events about specific client
5371 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5372 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5373 unit is requested.
5374
5375 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5376 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5377 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5378 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5379 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5380 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5381 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5382 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5383 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5384 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5385 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5386 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5387 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5388
606c24e3
LP
5389CHANGES WITH 204:
5390
5391 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5392 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5393
5394 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5395 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5396 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5397
5398 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5399 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5400
2f3fcf85
LP
5401CHANGES WITH 203:
5402
5403 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5404 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5405
5406 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5407 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5408 fields, including the root directory.
5409
5410 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5411 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 5412 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
5413 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5414 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5415 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5416 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5417 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5418 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5419 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5420 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5421
5422 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5423 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5424
5425 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5426 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5427
5428 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5429 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5430 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5431 the local hostname.
5432
5433 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5434 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5435 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5436 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5437 VMs/containers coming and going.
5438
5439 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5440 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5441 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5442
5443 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5444 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5445 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5446 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5447
5448 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5449 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5450 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5451
5452 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5453 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5454 services. With the container's root directory in
5455 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5456 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5457
5458 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5459 the processes within a certain container.
5460
5461 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5462 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5463 check though. Patches welcome!
5464
5465 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5466 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5467 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5468 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5469 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5470
5471 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5472 the passed argument if applicable.
5473
5474 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5475 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5476 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5477 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5478 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5479 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5480 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5481 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5482
ef3b5246
LP
5483CHANGES WITH 202:
5484
5485 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5486 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5487 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5488 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5489 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5490 units activate.
5491
5492 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5493 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5494 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5495 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5496 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5497 for now, and not installable.
5498
5499 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5500 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5501 can run in conjunction with udev.
5502
5503 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5504 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5505 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5506 session manager.
5507
5508 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5509 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5510 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5511 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5512 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5513 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5514 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 5515 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
5516 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5517 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5518 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5519
5520 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5521
5522 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5523 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5524 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5525 logical expressions.
5526
5527 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5528 switches.
5529
5530 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5531 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 5532 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
5533 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5534 the user.
5535
cbeabcfb
ZJS
5536 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5537 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5538 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5539 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5540 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5541 an entry.
5542
ef3b5246
LP
5543 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5544 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5545 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5546 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5547 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5548 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5549
d3a86981
LP
5550CHANGES WITH 201:
5551
5552 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5553 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5554 directory.
5555
5556 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5557 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5558 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5559 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5560 problem.
5561
5562 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5563 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5564 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5565 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5566
5567 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5568 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5569
5570 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5571 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5572 files in this context are files such as
5573 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5574
5575 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5576 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5577 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5578 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5579 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5580 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5581
5582 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5583 hostnames.
5584
5585 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5586 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5587 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5588 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5589 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5590 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5591 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5592 all time-related output of systemd.
5593
5594 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5595 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5596 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5597 loops.
5598
5599 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5600 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5601
5602 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5603 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5604 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5605 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5606 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5607
5608 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5609 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5610 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5611 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5612 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5613 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5614 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5615
9ca3c17f
LP
5616CHANGES WITH 200:
5617
5618 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5619 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5620 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5621 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5622 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5623 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5624
5625 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5626 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5627 images.
5628
5629 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5630 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5631 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5632
35911459
LP
5633CHANGES WITH 199:
5634
5635 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5636
5637 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5638 security policy.
5639
5640 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5641 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5642 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5643 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5644 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5645 the same service can still access). When a service is
5646 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5647 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5648 this though).
5649
5650 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5651 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5652 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5653 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5654 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5655 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5656
5657 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5658 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5659
5660 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5661 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5662
56cadcb6 5663 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 5664
c20d8298 5665 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5666 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5667 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5668 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5669 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5670
5671 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5672 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5673 system is to be mounted.
5674
5675 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5676 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5677 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5678 purpose for socket units.
5679
6a7d3d68
LP
5680 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5681 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5682
a87197f5
ZJS
5683 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5684 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5685 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5686 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5687 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5688
35911459
LP
5689 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5690 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5691 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5692 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5693 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5694 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5695 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5696 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5697 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5698
85d68397
LP
5699CHANGES WITH 198:
5700
5701 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5702 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5703 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5704 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5705 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5706 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5707 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5708 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5709 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5710 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5711 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5712 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5713 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5714 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5715 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5716 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5717 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5718 for them too.
5719
5720 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5721 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5722 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5723 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5724 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5725 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5726 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5727 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5728 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5729
5730 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5731 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5732
40e21da8 5733 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5734 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5735 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5736 other users.
5737
5738 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5739 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5740 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5741 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5742 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5743 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5744 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5745 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5746 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5747 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5748 supported.
5749
5750 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5751 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5752 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5753
5754 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5755 call.
5756
6aa8d43a
LP
5757 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5758 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5759 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5760 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5761 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5762 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5763 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5764 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5765 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5766 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5767 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5768 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5769 also been removed.
85d68397 5770
40e21da8 5771 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5772 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5773 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5774 objects themselves.
5775
5776 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5777
5778 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5779 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5780 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5781 to how this is supported in shells.
5782
5783 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5784 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5785 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5786 user systemd instance.
5787
5788 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5789 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5790 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5791 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5792 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5793 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5794 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5795 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5796 one day for good in the kernel.
5797
5798 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5799 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5800 container.
5801
40e21da8 5802 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5803 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5804 the host into the container.
5805
5806 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5807 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5808 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5809 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5810 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5811 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 5812
56cadcb6 5813 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
5814
5815 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5816 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5817 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5818 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5819
5820 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5821 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5822 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5823 system resume events.
5824
5825 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5826 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5827 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5828 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5829
5830 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5831 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5832 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5833 card).
5834
5835 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5836 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5837 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5838
bf933560
KS
5839 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5840 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5841 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5842
5843 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5844 now carry a message ID.
5845
5846 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5847 continues to be work in progress.
5848
5849 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5850 root directory to operate relative to.
5851
40e21da8
KS
5852 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5853 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5854 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5855 times a little.
5856
5857 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5858 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5859 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5860 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5861 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5862 request boot into firmware operations.
5863
5864 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5865 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5866 correctly in initrds.
5867
5868 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5869 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5870
5871 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5872 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5873
5874 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5875 the status of all active or failed units.
5876
5877 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5878 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5879 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5880 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5881 requests more robust.
5882
5883 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5884 reading journal files.
5885
5886 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5887 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5888
56cadcb6 5889 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
5890
5891 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5892 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5893
5894 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5895 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5896 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5897 socket activation in daemons.
5898
5899 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5900 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5901
43447fb7
LP
5902 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5903 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5904 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5905
85d68397 5906 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5907 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5908 system units.
5909
5910 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5911 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5912 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5913
5914 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5915 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5916 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5917 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5918 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5919 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5920 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5921 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5922 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5923 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5924 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5925 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5926 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5927 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5928 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5929 package installation time.
5930
5931 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5932 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5933 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5934 installation time.
5935
5936 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5937 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5938
5939 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5940
40e21da8
KS
5941 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5942 available.
85d68397 5943
1aed4590
LP
5944 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5945 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5946
85d68397
LP
5947 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5948 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5949 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5950 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5951 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5952 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5953 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5954 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5955 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5956 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5957 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5958 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5959 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5960 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5961
8ad26859
LP
5962CHANGES WITH 197:
5963
5964 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5965 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5966 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5967 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5968 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5969 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5970 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5971 the supported calendar time specification language see
5972 systemd.time(7).
5973
5974 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5975 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5976 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5977 document for details:
5978
56cadcb6 5979 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
5980
5981 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5982 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5983 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5984 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5985 dependencies.
5986
5987 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5988 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5989 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5990 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5991 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5992 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5993 with a configure switch.
5994
5995 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5996 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5997 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5998 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5999 such as ext4.
6000
6001 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6002 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6003 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6004
6005 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6006 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6007
6008 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6009 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6010 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6011 using only core OS tools.
6012
6013 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6014 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6015 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6016 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6017 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6018 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6019 eventually.
6020
6021 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6022 presenting log data.
6023
6024 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 6025 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
6026
6027 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6028 system on idle.
6029
6030 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6031 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6032 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6033 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6034 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6035 information if possible.
6036
6037 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6038 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6039 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6040
6041 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6042 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6043 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6044 is running on battery power.
6045
6046 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6047 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6048 is in the "failed" state.
6049
6050 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6051 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6052 environment files at once.
6053
6054 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6055 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6056 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6057 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6058 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6059 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6060 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6061 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6062 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6063 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6064 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6065 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6066 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6067
6068 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6069 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6070
6071 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6072 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6073
6074 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6075 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6076 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6077 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
6078 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6079 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
6080 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6081 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6082 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6083 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6084 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6085 shipped from us upstream.
6086
6087 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6088 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6089 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6090 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6091 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6092 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6093 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6094 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6095 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6096 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6097 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6098 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6099 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6100
0428ddb7
LP
6101CHANGES WITH 196:
6102
6103 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6104 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6105 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6106 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6107 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6108 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6109 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6110 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 6111 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 6112 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
6113 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6114 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6115 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
6116 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6117 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6118 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6119 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6120 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6121 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6122
6123 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6124 indexed database to link up additional information with
6125 journal entries. For further details please check:
6126
56cadcb6 6127 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
6128
6129 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6130 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6131 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6132 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6133 macro for this purpose.
6134
6135 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6136 Python logging framework.
6137
6138 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6139 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6140 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6141 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 6142 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
6143 time intervals.
6144
6145 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6146 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6147 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6148
6149 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6150 right-away on the selected coredump.
6151
6152 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6153 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6154 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6155
6156 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6157 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6158 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6159 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6160
6161 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6162 default.
6163
6164 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6165 SMACK security label.
6166
6167 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6168 daylight saving change.
6169
6170 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6171 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6172 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6173 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6174 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6175 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6176 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6177
6178 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6179 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6180 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6181 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6182 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6183 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 6184 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
6185 PolicyKit is not around.
6186
6187 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6188 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6189
6190 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6191 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6192 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6193 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6194 offline updating tools.
6195
6196 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6197 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6198 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6199 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6200 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6201 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6202
6203 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6204 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6205
6206 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6207 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6208 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6209 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6210 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6211 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6212 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6213 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6214 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6215
139ee8cc
LP
6216CHANGES WITH 195:
6217
6827101a 6218 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
6219 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6220 units via --unit=/-u.
6221
6827101a 6222 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
6223 right thing.
6224
6225 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6226 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6227 rotation.
6228
6229 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6230 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6231 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6232 completion of journalctl has been updated
6233 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6234 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6235
6236 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6237 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6238
6239 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6240 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6241 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6242 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6243 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6244 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6245 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6246 completion.
6247
6248 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6249 extract coredumps from the journal.
6250
6251 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6252 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6253 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6254 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6255 scratch their heads.
6256
6257 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6258 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6259
6260 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6261 in immediate termination of systemd.
6262
6263 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6264 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6265
6266 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6267 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6268 mouse screen support has been added.
6269
6270 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6271 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6272
1cb88f2c 6273 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
6274 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6275 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6276 "systemctl reload".
6277
15f47220 6278 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
6279 -u" instead.
6280
6281 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6282 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6283 configured.
6284
6285 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6286 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6287
6288 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6289 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
6290 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6291 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6292 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6293 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6294 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 6295
f9b55720
LP
6296CHANGES WITH 194:
6297
6298 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6299 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6300 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6301 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6302 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6303 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6304 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6305 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6306 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6307 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6308 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6309 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6310
6311 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6312 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6313 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6314
597c52cf
LP
6315CHANGES WITH 193:
6316
6317 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6318 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6319
6320 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6321 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6322 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6323
6324 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6325 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6326 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6327 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6328 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6329 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6330 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6331
6332 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6333 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6334
6335 This will download the journal contents in a
6336 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6337
6338 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6339
6340 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6341 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6342 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6343 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6344 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6345
6346 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6347
6348 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6349 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6350
075d4ecb
LP
6351CHANGES WITH 192:
6352
6353 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6354 too.
6355
d28315e4 6356 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
6357 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6358 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 6359 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
6360 just start them.
6361
6362 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6363 and line break accordingly.
6364
597c52cf
LP
6365 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6366 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 6367
b6a86739
LP
6368CHANGES WITH 191:
6369
6370 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6371 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6372 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6373 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6374 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6375
6376 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6377 will default to 10 if omitted.
6378
6379 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6380 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6381 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6382 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 6383 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
6384
6385 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6386 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6387 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6388 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6389 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6390 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 6391 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
6392
6393 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6394 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 6395 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 6396 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
6397 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6398 into two.
6399
597c52cf
LP
6400 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6401 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 6402
0c11f949
LP
6403CHANGES WITH 190:
6404
d28315e4 6405 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
6406 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6407 "systemctl status".
6408
6409 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6410 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 6411 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
6412 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6413 field.)
6414
6415 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6416 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6417 default.
6418
6419 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6420 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6421 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6422 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6423 in a container.
6424
6425 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6426 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6427 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6428 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6429 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6430 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6431
6432 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6433 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6434 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6435 no-op.
6436
6437 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6438 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6439 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6440 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6441 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6442
6443 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6444 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6445
6446 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6447 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6448 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6449 command.
6450
6451 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6452 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6453 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6454
6455 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6456
6457 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6458 multiple files at once.
6459
6460 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6461 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6462 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6463 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6464 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6465 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6466 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6467
a98d5d64
LP
6468 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6469 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6470 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
6471
6472 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6473 dir: %_presetdir.
6474
d28315e4 6475 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 6476 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
6477
6478 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6479 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6480 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6481 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6482 anymore.
6483
aaccc32c 6484 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
6485 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6486 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6487 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6488
6489 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6490 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6491 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6492
6493 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6494 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6495 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6496 sockets.
6497
6498 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6499 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6500 is changed.
6501
6502 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6503 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6504 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6505 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6506 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 6507 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
6508 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6509
6510 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6511
6512 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6513 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6514
aad803af
LP
6515 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6516 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6517
6518 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6519 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6520 (%b).
6521
b6a86739 6522 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
6523 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6524 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6525 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6526 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6527 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6528 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6529
38a60d71
LP
6530CHANGES WITH 189:
6531
6532 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6533 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6534
6535 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6536 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6537 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6538 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6539 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6540 syslog daemons again.
6541
6542 * The libudev API gained the new
6543 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6544
6545 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6546 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6547 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6548 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6549
6550 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6551 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6552 container.
6553
6554 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6555 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6556 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6557 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6558 this explaining it in more detail.
6559
6560 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6561 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6562 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6563 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6564
6565 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6566 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6567 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6568 journal files.
6569
6570 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6571 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6572 as container init process a lot more fun.
6573
6574 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6575 entries.
6576
6577 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6578 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6579 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6580 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6581 different sets of services.
6582
6583 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6584 failure state.
6585
b6a86739 6586 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6587 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6588 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6589
c269cec3
LP
6590CHANGES WITH 188:
6591
6592 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6593 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6594 tree a lot more organized.
6595
6596 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6597 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6598
6599 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6600 services.
6601
6602 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6603 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6604 filtering by log level now.
6605
6606 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6607 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6608 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6609
ab06eef8 6610 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6611 command lines involving service unit names.
6612
6613 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6614 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6615
6616 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6617 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6618 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6619
6620 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6621 option.
6622
6623 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6624 a shutdown is cancelled.
6625
6626 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6627 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6628 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6629 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6630 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6631
6632 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6633 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6634 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6635 for display managers instead.
6636
6637 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6638 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6639 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6640 protection, and suchlike.
6641
6642 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6643 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6644 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6645 the service.
6646
6647 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6648 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6649 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6650 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6651 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6652 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6653
c4f1b862
LP
6654CHANGES WITH 187:
6655
6656 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6657 pages.
6658
6659 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6660 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6661 data loss.
6662
c269cec3 6663 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6664 option.
6665
6666 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6667
6668 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6669 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6670
6671 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6672 specific directory.
6673
6674 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6675 messages of two different boots.
6676
6677 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6678 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6679 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6680
6681 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6682 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6683 disjunctions.
6684
6685 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6686 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6687 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6688
6689 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6690 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6691 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6692
6693 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6694 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6695 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6696 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6697 speed things up a bit.
6698
6699 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6700 header data of journal files.
6701
6702 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6703 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6704 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6705
6706 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6707 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6708 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6709 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6710
6711 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6712
6713 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6714 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6715 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6716 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6717
b5b4c94a
LP
6718CHANGES WITH 186:
6719
6720 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6721 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6722 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6723 prefixed with rd.
6724
6725 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6726 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6727
6728 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6729
6730 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6731
d1f9edaf 6732 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6733
6734 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6735 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6736 as well.
6737
6738 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6739 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6740 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6741
6742 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6743 does the right thing. Example:
6744
6745 udevadm info /dev/sda
6746 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6747
6748 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6749 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6750 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6751 running.
6752
6753 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6754 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6755
6756 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6757 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6758
6759 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6760 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6761 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6762 files.
6763
6764 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6765 be stopped that is not loaded.
6766
6767 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6768
6769 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6770
6771 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6772 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6773 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6774 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6775
6776 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6777 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6778 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6779 completed initialization.
6780
6781 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6782
6783 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6784 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6785 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6786 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6787 distributions.
6788
6789 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6790 always valid when services log to the journal via
6791 STDOUT/STDERR.
6792
6793 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6794 command line options we understand.
6795
6796 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6797 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6798
91ac7425 6799 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6800 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6801
6802 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6803 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6804 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6805 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6806
6807 systemctl status /home
6808 systemctl status /dev/sda
6809
6810 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6811 system.conf parsing.
6812
6813 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6814 Manager object.
6815
ce830873 6816 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
6817
6818 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6819
6820 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6821 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6822 complete.
6823
6824 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6825 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6826 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6827 systemd-fsck@.service.
6828
6829 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6830 Manager object.
6831
6832 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6833 work sensibly.
6834
6835 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6836 we actually understand.
6837
6838 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6839 additional capabilities to the container.
6840
6841 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6842 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6843 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6844
6845 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6846 the current boot only.
6847
6848 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6849 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6850
6851 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6852 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6853 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6854 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6855 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6856
c4f1b862 6857 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6858
2d938ac7
LP
6859 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6860 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6861 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6862 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6863
2d197285 6864CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6865
2d197285
KS
6866 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6867 available.
6868
6869 * Several new man pages have been added.
6870
b5b4c94a
LP
6871 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6872 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6873 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6874 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6875
b5b4c94a
LP
6876 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6877 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6878
6879 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6880 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6881 Matthias Clasen
6882
4c8cd173 6883CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6884
4c8cd173
LP
6885 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6886 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6887
6888 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6889 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6890 daemon.
6891
6892 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6893 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6894
6895 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6896 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6897 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6898 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6899
ea5943d3 6900CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6901
187076d4
LP
6902 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6903 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6904 and systemd's most recent version number.
6905
194bbe33
KS
6906 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6907 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6908 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6909 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6910 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6911 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6912
91cf7e5c 6913 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6914 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6915 subsystems.
64661ee7 6916
2d13da88
KS
6917 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6918 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6919 used to subscribe to events.
6920
194bbe33
KS
6921 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6922 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6923 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6924 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6925 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6926 forked by udev rules.
6927
f13b388f
KS
6928 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6929 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6930 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6931 it.
6932
ea5943d3 6933 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6934 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6935 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6936 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6937 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6938
ea5943d3 6939 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6940 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6941
6942 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6943 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6944 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6945 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6946
ea5943d3
LP
6947 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6948 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6949 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6950 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6951 to be used as drop-in files.
6952
6953 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6954 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6955
6956 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6957 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6958 about this in more detail.
6959
6960 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 6961 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
6962 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6963 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6964 from git history and add them downstream.
6965
6966 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6967 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6968 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6969 units.
6970
6971 * All smaller setup units (such as
6972 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6973 are run in a container and are skipped when
6974 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6975 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6976
6977 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6978 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 6979 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
6980
6981 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6982 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6983 messages.
6984
439d6dfd
LP
6985 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6986 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6987 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6988 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6989 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6990
6991 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6992 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6993 for all units started by PID 1.
6994
6995 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6996 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6997 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6998
3943231c
LP
6999 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7000 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
7001
7002 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7003 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 7004 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
7005
7006 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7007 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7008 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7009 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7010 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7011 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7012
7013 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7014 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7015
7016 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7017
7018 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7019 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7020 so sexy.
7021
7022 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7023 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7024 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7025 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7026 patterns.
7027
7028 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7029 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7030 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7031 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7032
7033 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7034 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7035
7036 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7037 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7038 in systemd now.
7039
7040 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7041 ID on the command line.
7042
f8c0a2cb 7043 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
7044 for an init system.
7045
7046 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7047 vt100.
7048
7049 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7050
7051 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 7052 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
7053
7054 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7055
7056 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7057 container in other hierarchies.
7058
7059 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7060 system.conf.
7061
7062 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7063
7064 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7065 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7066
d28315e4 7067 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
7068 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7069
7070 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7071 locally generated journal files.
7072
7073 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7074
7075 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7076
79849bf9
LP
7077 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7078 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7079 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7080 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7081 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7082 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7083 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7084 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7085 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7086 Gundersen
7087
16f1239e 7088CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 7089
16f1239e
LP
7090 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7091
7092 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7093 KVM or container configured UUID.
7094
7095 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7096
7097 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7098
ab06eef8 7099 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
7100 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7101
ce830873 7102 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
7103
7104 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7105 folks
7106
7107 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 7108 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
7109 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7110
7111 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7112 configuration
7113
7114 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7115 free fashion
7116
7117 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7118 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 7119 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
7120 automatically generated data.
7121
7122 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7123 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7124 however.
7125
7126 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7127 tarball.
7128
7129 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7130 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7131 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7132 Reding
7133
437b7dee 7134CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 7135
437b7dee
LP
7136 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7137
7138 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7139
7140 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7141
45afd519 7142 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
7143 normal user logins.
7144
7145 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7146 Biebl
7147
204fa33c 7148CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 7149
204fa33c
LP
7150 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7151
7152 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7153 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7154 xsltproc.
7155
7156 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7157 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7158 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7159
7160 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7161 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7162 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7163
7164 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7165
7166 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7167 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7168 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7169
e0d25329 7170CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 7171
e0d25329
KS
7172 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7173 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7174 package update.
7175
b13df964
LP
7176 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7177 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7178 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7179
7180 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7181 complete.
7182
7183 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7184 understood to set system wide environment variables
7185 dynamically at boot.
7186
e9c1ea9d 7187 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 7188
353e12c2
LP
7189 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7190 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7191 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7192 files.
7193
b13df964
LP
7194 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7195 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7196 William Douglas
7197
d26e4270 7198CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 7199
d26e4270
LP
7200 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7201
7202 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7203 "Result" D-Bus property.
7204
7205 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7206 the next few releases.)
7207
7208 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7209 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7210 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7211 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7212
b13df964
LP
7213 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7214 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7215 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7216
220a21d3 7217CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 7218
220a21d3
LP
7219 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7220 bugfixes.
7221
7222 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7223 resource usage.
7224
7225 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7226 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7227 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7228 journals by the respective users.
7229
7230 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7231 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7232 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7233
7234 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7235 client for all entries.
7236
7237 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7238
7239 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7240 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7241
7242 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7243 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7244 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7245 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7246
7247 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7248 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7249 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7250
7251 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7252 journal along with meta data.
7253
7254 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7255 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7256 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7257
7258 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7259 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 7260 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
7261
7262 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7263
7264 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7265 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7266 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7267 or fsck.
7268
d28315e4 7269 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
7270 requested with new -k switch.
7271
7272 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7273 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7274
7275CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 7276
220a21d3
LP
7277 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7278 bugfixes.
7279
7280 * The git repository moved to:
7281 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7282 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7283
7284 * First release with the journal
7285 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7286
7287 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7288 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7289
7290 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7291
7292 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7293
7294 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7295 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7296 remote mounts.
7297
7298 * Added Mageia support
7299
7300 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7301
7302 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7303 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7304 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7305 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7306 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7307
7308 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7309 of existing distributions.
7310
7311 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7312 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7313
7314 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7315 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7316 boot.
7317
7318 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7319
7320 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7321 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7322 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7323 among other things.
7324
7325 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7326 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7327
7328 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7329
ce830873 7330 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
7331 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7332 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7333
7334 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7335 restored.
7336
7337 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7338 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7339 kmod
7340
d28315e4 7341 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
7342 of /usr/local by default.
7343
7344 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7345 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7346 in:
56cadcb6 7347 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
7348
7349 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7350 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7351 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7352 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7353 supported anyway, and bad style).
7354
7355 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7356 reloading of units together.
7357
4c8cd173 7358 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
7359 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7360 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7361 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7362 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek